1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
87 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
89 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
91 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
93 static void disable_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_command (char *, int);
97 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
101 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
103 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
105 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
107 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
108 struct linespec_result
*,
112 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
113 struct linespec_result
*,
114 struct linespec_sals
*,
115 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
116 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
119 int, int, int, unsigned);
121 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
122 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
124 static void clear_command (char *, int);
126 static void catch_command (char *, int);
128 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
130 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
132 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
134 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
137 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
138 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
140 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
142 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
143 struct symtab_and_line
,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
147 static struct breakpoint
*
148 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
152 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
154 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
158 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
159 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
160 struct obj_section
*, int);
162 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
164 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
168 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace
,
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
199 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
211 int *other_type_used
);
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
220 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
226 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
228 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
229 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
231 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
235 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
238 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
239 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
240 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
242 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
244 static void update_global_location_list (int);
246 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
248 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
250 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
252 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
254 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
256 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
258 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
260 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
262 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
264 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
266 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
268 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
271 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
273 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
274 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
276 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
278 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
280 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
282 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
283 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
284 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
287 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
290 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
293 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
296 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
298 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
300 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
301 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
303 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
304 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
322 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
329 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
339 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
343 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
349 /* The reference count. */
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line
*commands
;
356 struct command_line
*
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
359 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
373 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
375 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
385 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
388 fprintf_filtered (file
,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
401 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
404 fprintf_filtered (file
,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
417 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
420 fprintf_filtered (file
,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
435 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
437 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
438 fprintf_filtered (file
,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
444 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
451 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto
,
463 condition_evaluation_host
,
464 condition_evaluation_target
,
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
483 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target
;
488 return condition_evaluation_host
;
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
508 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
510 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
566 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
570 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
574 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
595 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
599 static int breakpoint_count
;
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
609 static int tracepoint_count
;
611 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
612 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
613 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
619 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
627 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
628 breakpoint_count
= num
;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
651 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
659 struct breakpoint
*b
;
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
668 static struct counted_command_line
*
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
671 struct counted_command_line
*result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
675 result
->commands
= commands
;
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
697 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
717 static struct cleanup
*
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
728 get_breakpoint (int num
)
730 struct breakpoint
*b
;
733 if (b
->number
== num
)
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
747 struct bp_location
*loc
;
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
760 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
761 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
782 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
790 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
792 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
803 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
804 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
813 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
821 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
835 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
839 update_global_location_list (1);
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
850 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
853 fprintf_filtered (file
,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
859 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
870 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
871 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
873 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
876 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
884 static struct bp_location
**
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
888 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
889 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
893 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
917 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
918 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
920 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
922 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
929 struct bp_location
*loc
;
931 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
954 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
958 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
960 innermost_block
= NULL
;
962 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
969 struct bp_location
*loc
;
971 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
976 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
984 breakpoints_changed ();
985 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
988 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
990 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
991 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
, char *text
, char *word
)
995 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
996 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1000 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1001 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len
= strlen (text
);
1016 int single
= b
->loc
->next
== NULL
;
1017 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1020 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1025 sprintf (location
, "%d", b
->number
);
1027 sprintf (location
, "%d.%d", b
->number
, count
);
1029 if (strncmp (location
, text
, len
) == 0)
1030 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (location
));
1039 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1040 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
1041 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1044 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1047 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1049 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1054 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1057 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1059 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1062 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1064 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1065 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1066 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1067 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1069 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1070 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1071 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1072 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1074 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1075 update_global_location_list (1);
1080 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1083 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1084 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1085 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1088 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1090 struct command_line
*c
;
1092 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1096 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1097 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1098 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1100 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1101 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1103 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1104 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1105 command directly. */
1106 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1107 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1109 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1110 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1114 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1117 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1119 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1120 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1121 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1125 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1127 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1130 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1131 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1135 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1136 struct command_line
*commands
)
1138 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1140 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1141 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1142 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1143 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1144 struct command_line
*c
;
1145 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1146 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1148 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1150 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1151 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1152 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1153 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "can be used only once"));
1166 struct command_line
*c2
;
1168 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1169 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1170 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1172 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1173 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1179 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1183 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1184 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1187 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1189 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1190 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1191 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1194 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1196 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1197 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1198 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1204 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1205 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1208 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1209 struct command_line
*commands
)
1211 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1213 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1214 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1215 breakpoints_changed ();
1216 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1219 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1220 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1224 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1226 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1229 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1230 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1233 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1234 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1237 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1239 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1242 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1243 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1246 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1247 breakpoint work for any task. */
1250 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1252 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1255 if (old_task
!= task
)
1256 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1260 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1262 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1264 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
1267 /* A structure used to pass information through
1268 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1270 struct commands_info
1272 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1275 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1278 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1279 already-parsed command. */
1280 struct command_line
*control
;
1282 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1284 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1287 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1288 commands_command. */
1291 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1293 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1295 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1297 struct command_line
*l
;
1299 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1300 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1303 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1306 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1307 "%s, one per line."),
1310 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1312 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1315 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1318 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1321 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1324 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1326 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1328 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1329 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1330 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1331 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1332 breakpoints_changed ();
1333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1338 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1339 struct command_line
*control
)
1341 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1342 struct commands_info info
;
1344 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1345 info
.control
= control
;
1347 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1348 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1349 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1351 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1353 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1354 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1356 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1357 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1360 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1361 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1362 numbers will fail in this case. */
1367 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1369 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1372 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1376 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1378 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1379 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1381 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1385 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1387 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1390 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1391 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1393 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1394 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1395 enum command_control_type
1396 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1398 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1399 return simple_control
;
1402 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1405 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1407 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1411 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1412 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1417 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1418 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1420 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1421 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1422 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1424 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1425 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1426 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1427 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1428 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1429 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1430 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1431 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1433 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1436 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1437 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1438 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1440 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1442 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1444 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1445 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1446 report higher one. */
1449 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1450 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1452 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1454 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1455 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1457 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1458 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1459 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1460 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1462 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1463 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1464 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1466 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1468 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1475 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1476 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1477 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1478 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1479 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1482 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1484 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1485 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1486 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1489 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1492 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1494 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1496 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1497 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1501 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1502 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1503 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1506 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1509 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1510 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1511 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1514 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1516 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1517 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1520 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1522 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1523 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1525 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1530 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1535 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1536 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1538 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1539 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1540 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1544 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1546 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1547 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1550 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1552 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1553 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1554 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1555 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1556 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1558 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1560 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1561 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1565 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1566 const unsigned char *bp
;
1567 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1568 unsigned placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1570 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1571 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1572 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1574 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1576 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1578 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1579 breakpoint's INSN. */
1580 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1586 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1590 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1592 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1593 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1594 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1597 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1600 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1602 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1603 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1604 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1611 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1613 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1614 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1617 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1618 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1619 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1620 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1621 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1622 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1623 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1624 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1627 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1629 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1630 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1631 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1635 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1636 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1639 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1641 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1643 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1645 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1646 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1647 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1648 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1649 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1651 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1654 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1655 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1656 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1657 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1659 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1661 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1662 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1665 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1666 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1667 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1668 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1669 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1670 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1671 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1672 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1674 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1675 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1676 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1677 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1678 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1679 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1680 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1681 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1684 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1685 hardware watchpoints:
1687 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1688 called several times when GDB stops.
1691 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1692 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1693 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1694 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1695 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1696 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1697 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1698 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1699 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1700 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1701 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1703 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1704 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1707 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1709 int within_current_scope
;
1710 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1719 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1724 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1725 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1726 within_current_scope
= 1;
1729 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1730 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1731 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1733 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1734 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1735 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1739 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1740 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1741 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1742 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1745 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1747 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1748 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1749 if (within_current_scope
)
1753 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1754 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1755 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1758 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1767 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1768 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1769 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1770 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1771 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1772 be completely different objects. */
1773 value_free (b
->val
);
1777 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1778 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1779 locations (re)created below. */
1780 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1782 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1784 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1788 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1789 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1793 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1794 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1795 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1796 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1797 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1798 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1800 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1801 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1802 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1804 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1807 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1808 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1810 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1812 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1813 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1814 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1815 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1816 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1818 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1824 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1826 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1827 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1829 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1830 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1831 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1832 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1833 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1834 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1835 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1837 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1839 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1840 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1841 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1843 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1844 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1848 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1850 addr
= value_address (v
);
1851 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1853 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1855 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1858 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1859 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1862 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1864 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1865 loc
->address
= addr
;
1867 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1872 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1873 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1874 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1879 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1880 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1882 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1886 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1889 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1890 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1891 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1893 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1894 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1895 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1896 this watchpoint in as well. */
1898 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1899 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1900 hardware watchpoint type. */
1901 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1902 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1903 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1905 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1906 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1907 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1908 through watch_command), so always account for it
1911 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1912 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1914 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1915 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1918 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1919 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1921 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1923 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1924 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1925 "hardware watchpoint."));
1926 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1927 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1928 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1930 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1931 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1935 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1936 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1937 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1939 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1942 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1943 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1944 "read/access watchpoint."));
1946 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1948 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1949 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1950 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1951 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1954 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1956 next
= value_next (v
);
1961 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1962 above left it without any location set up. But,
1963 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1964 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1965 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1967 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1968 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1969 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1970 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1971 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1972 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1975 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1977 printf_filtered (_("\
1978 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1979 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1981 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1984 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1986 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1990 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1991 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1992 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1993 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1994 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1996 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1998 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2001 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2004 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2007 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2010 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2011 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2012 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2013 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2014 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2015 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2016 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2017 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2018 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2024 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2025 that the location is not duplicated. */
2028 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2031 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2034 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2035 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2039 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2040 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2041 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2042 any error during parsing. */
2044 static struct agent_expr
*
2045 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2047 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2048 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2049 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2054 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2055 that may show up. */
2056 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2058 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2063 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2064 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2065 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2069 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2073 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2074 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2075 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2076 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2077 one of them is true. */
2080 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2082 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2083 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2084 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2085 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2087 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2088 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2089 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2091 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2092 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2095 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2096 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2097 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2098 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2099 response back to GDB. */
2100 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2103 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2107 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2109 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2110 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2111 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2112 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2113 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2114 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2116 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2117 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2123 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2124 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2125 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2127 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2133 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2134 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2135 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2137 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2138 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2139 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2141 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2144 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2146 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2148 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2151 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2152 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2157 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2158 for this location's address. */
2159 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2163 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2164 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2165 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2167 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2168 conditions to the target. */
2169 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2170 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2176 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2177 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2178 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2180 static struct agent_expr
*
2181 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2183 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2184 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2185 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2186 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2187 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2189 char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2190 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2192 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2199 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2201 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2203 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2204 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2206 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2208 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2210 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2212 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2214 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2215 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2217 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2219 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2220 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2222 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2224 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2226 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2228 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2229 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2232 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2237 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2238 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2240 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2244 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2245 that may show up. */
2246 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2248 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2249 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2250 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2255 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2256 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2257 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2261 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2263 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2267 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2268 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2269 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2272 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2274 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2275 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2276 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2277 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2279 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2280 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2281 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2284 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2287 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2288 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2289 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2290 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2291 response back to GDB. */
2292 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2295 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2299 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2301 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2302 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2303 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2304 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2305 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2306 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2307 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2313 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2314 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2315 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2317 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2323 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2325 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2327 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2330 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2331 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2333 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2335 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2338 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2339 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2344 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2345 for this location's address. */
2346 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2349 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2350 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2351 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2352 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2354 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2355 to send the commands to the target. */
2356 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2360 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2361 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2362 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2363 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2366 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2367 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2368 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2369 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2372 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2373 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2375 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2376 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2377 int *disabled_breaks
,
2378 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
2382 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2385 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2386 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2387 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2388 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2389 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2390 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2391 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2392 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2393 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2394 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2395 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2396 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2398 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2399 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2400 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2401 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2403 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2405 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2406 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2407 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2408 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2411 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2412 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2414 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2416 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2417 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2418 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2420 Two important cases are:
2421 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2422 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2423 hardware breakpoint.
2424 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2425 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2426 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2429 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2430 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2431 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2432 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2434 struct mem_region
*mr
2435 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2439 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2441 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2443 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2444 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2446 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2448 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2450 static int said
= 0;
2452 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2455 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2456 _("Note: automatically using "
2457 "hardware breakpoints for "
2458 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2463 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2464 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2465 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2466 "at readonly address %s"),
2467 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2471 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2472 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2473 || bl
->section
== NULL
2474 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2476 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2478 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2482 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2483 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2484 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2486 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2487 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2488 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2489 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2490 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2494 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2496 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2497 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2498 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2499 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2500 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2502 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2503 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2504 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2508 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2509 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2511 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2512 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2516 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2517 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2524 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2525 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2527 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2529 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2530 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2531 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2533 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2534 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2536 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2537 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2538 "library breakpoints:\n");
2540 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2541 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2542 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2546 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2548 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2549 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2550 "Cannot insert hardware "
2556 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2557 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2559 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2560 "Error accessing memory address ");
2561 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2563 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2564 safe_strerror (val
));
2575 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2576 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2577 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2578 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2580 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2581 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2583 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2585 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2586 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2587 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2589 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2591 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2592 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2594 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2596 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2597 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2601 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2602 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2609 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2610 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2613 /* Back to the original value. */
2614 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2618 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2621 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2623 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2624 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2626 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2629 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2633 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2634 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2636 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2639 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2641 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2642 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2643 so just return success. */
2650 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2651 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2655 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2657 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2658 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2660 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2663 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2664 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2667 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2668 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2669 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2671 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2673 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2675 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2676 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2677 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2679 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2680 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2682 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2688 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2689 removed locations above. */
2690 update_global_location_list (0);
2693 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2694 Throws exception on any error.
2695 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2696 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2698 insert_breakpoints (void)
2700 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2702 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2703 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2705 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2707 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2710 update_global_location_list (1);
2712 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2713 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2715 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2716 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2719 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2722 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2724 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2726 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2728 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2732 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2733 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2734 always-inserted mode. */
2737 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2739 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2742 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2743 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2745 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2746 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2748 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2749 there was an error. */
2750 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2752 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2754 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2756 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2758 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2761 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2762 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2763 deletion of breakpoints. */
2764 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2767 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2769 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2770 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2771 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2772 insert breakpoints. */
2773 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
2774 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2777 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2778 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
2785 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2786 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2789 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2792 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2795 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2797 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2798 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2801 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2802 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2804 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2805 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2807 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2808 there was an error. */
2809 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2811 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2813 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2815 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2818 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2819 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2820 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2821 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2822 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2825 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2827 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2828 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2829 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2830 insert breakpoints. */
2831 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
2832 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2835 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2836 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
2841 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2842 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2843 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2845 int some_failed
= 0;
2846 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2848 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2851 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2854 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2857 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2858 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2865 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2867 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2869 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2870 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2871 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2879 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2880 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2881 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
2883 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2884 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2885 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2887 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2888 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2891 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2894 /* Used when the program stops.
2895 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2896 removing a breakpoint location. */
2899 remove_breakpoints (void)
2901 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2904 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2906 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2907 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2912 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2915 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2917 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2919 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2921 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2923 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2926 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2931 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2940 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2942 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2943 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2945 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2946 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
2947 struct inferior
*inf
;
2948 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2950 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2954 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2955 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2957 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2959 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2960 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2962 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2964 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2970 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
);
2973 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2978 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2982 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
2984 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2985 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2986 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2987 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2988 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2989 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2991 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
2994 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2997 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
2998 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3002 static struct breakpoint
*
3003 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3004 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3005 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3007 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3008 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3010 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3013 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3014 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3016 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3017 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3018 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3023 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3025 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3027 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3029 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3030 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3032 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3033 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3035 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3036 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3038 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3039 int longjmp_searched
;
3041 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3042 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3044 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3045 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3047 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3048 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3050 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3051 int exception_searched
;
3053 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3054 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3057 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3059 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3060 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3062 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3065 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3067 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3070 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3071 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3073 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3074 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3076 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3078 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3079 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3081 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3082 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3084 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3085 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3087 return bp_objfile_data
;
3091 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3093 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3095 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3096 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3100 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3102 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3103 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3105 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3107 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3108 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3111 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3113 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3116 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3118 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3120 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3123 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3124 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3127 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3130 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3131 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3133 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3134 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3136 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3138 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3139 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3143 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3144 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3147 update_global_location_list (1);
3151 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3153 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3154 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3156 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3158 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3160 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3162 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3164 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3167 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3168 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3170 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3171 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3174 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3176 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3178 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3179 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3180 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3183 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3186 struct probe
*probe
;
3187 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3190 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3191 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3195 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3197 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3199 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3200 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3201 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3207 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3209 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3210 const char *func_name
;
3213 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3216 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3217 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3219 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3221 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3224 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3225 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3228 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3231 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3232 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3233 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3234 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3235 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3239 update_global_location_list (1);
3241 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3244 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3246 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3248 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3249 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3250 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3252 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3254 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3256 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3259 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3261 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3263 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3264 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3266 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3268 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3271 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3273 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3275 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3276 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3277 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3279 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3280 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3283 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3286 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3287 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3288 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3289 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3290 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3291 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3295 update_global_location_list (1);
3297 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3300 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3303 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3305 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3306 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3308 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3310 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3311 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3312 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3315 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3317 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3318 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3320 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3321 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3322 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3325 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3327 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3329 struct probe
*probe
;
3332 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3333 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3337 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3339 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3340 bp_exception_master
,
3341 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3342 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3343 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3349 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3351 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3354 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3356 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3358 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3360 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3361 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3363 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3367 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3370 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3371 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3373 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3374 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3375 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3376 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3379 update_global_location_list (1);
3383 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3385 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3386 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3388 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3389 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3390 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3391 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3392 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3393 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3394 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3395 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3396 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3397 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3398 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3400 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3402 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3405 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3406 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3408 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3412 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3413 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3415 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3419 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3420 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3421 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3422 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3423 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3425 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3429 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3430 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3432 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3436 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3438 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3439 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3440 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3442 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3446 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3448 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3449 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3450 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3451 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3455 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3456 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3457 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3458 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3459 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3460 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3462 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3463 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3464 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3465 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3466 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3467 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3468 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3470 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3471 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3472 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3473 let finish_command delete it.
3475 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3476 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3477 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3478 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3479 solib breakpoints.) */
3481 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3486 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3487 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3489 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3491 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3495 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3496 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3497 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3498 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3499 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3503 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3505 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3507 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3508 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3510 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3511 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3513 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3514 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
3515 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3517 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3521 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3524 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3525 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3527 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3531 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3532 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3533 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3534 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3535 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3538 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3542 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3543 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3545 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3546 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3549 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3550 This should not ever happen. */
3551 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3553 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3554 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3556 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3557 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3558 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3560 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3561 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3562 || bl
->section
== NULL
3563 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3565 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3566 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3570 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3571 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3572 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3574 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3575 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3577 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3578 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3579 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3580 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3581 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3583 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3584 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3586 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3587 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3590 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3591 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3592 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3593 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3595 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3596 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3597 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3598 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3599 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3600 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3606 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3611 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3612 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3613 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3614 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3619 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3621 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3623 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3624 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3626 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3627 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3629 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3630 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3631 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3634 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3635 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3638 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3639 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3641 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3645 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3652 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3655 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3657 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3658 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3660 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3661 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3664 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3665 This should not ever happen. */
3666 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3668 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3670 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3672 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3674 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3678 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3681 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3683 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3685 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3686 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3690 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3691 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3693 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3696 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3697 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3698 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3703 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3705 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3706 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3708 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3710 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3712 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
3715 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3717 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3718 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3719 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3725 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3731 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3733 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3734 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3737 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3739 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3741 case bp_shlib_event
:
3743 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3744 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3745 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3746 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3747 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3749 (gdb) file prog-linux
3750 (gdb) run # native linux target
3753 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3754 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3757 case bp_step_resume
:
3759 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3761 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3765 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3766 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3767 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3769 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3771 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3772 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3773 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3774 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3776 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3777 insert_breakpoints. */
3779 value_free (w
->val
);
3790 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3791 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3792 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3793 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3796 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3797 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3798 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3799 match, not program space. */
3801 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3802 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3803 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3804 permanent breakpoint.
3805 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3806 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3807 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3808 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3809 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3811 enum breakpoint_here
3812 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3814 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3815 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3817 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3819 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3820 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3823 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3824 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3825 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3826 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3828 if (overlay_debugging
3829 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3830 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3831 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3832 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3833 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3835 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3839 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3842 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3845 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3847 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3850 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3851 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3857 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3858 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3859 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3860 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3863 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3866 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3868 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3870 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3871 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3875 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3877 if (overlay_debugging
3878 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3879 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3880 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3888 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3889 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3892 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3894 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3897 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3903 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3907 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3910 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3912 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3914 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3918 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3921 if (overlay_debugging
3922 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3923 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3924 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3930 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3931 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3938 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3939 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3941 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3943 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3945 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3947 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3948 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3951 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3954 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3955 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3959 /* Check for intersection. */
3960 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3961 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3969 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3970 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3973 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
3976 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3977 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3981 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3983 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3984 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3987 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3988 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3989 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3992 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3995 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
3997 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3998 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3999 it is now time to do so. */
4001 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4002 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4006 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4008 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4009 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4010 it is now time to do so. */
4012 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4013 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4017 if (overlay_debugging
4018 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4019 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4020 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4029 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4033 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4035 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4038 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4042 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4044 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4045 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4046 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4047 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4051 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4052 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4055 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4072 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4073 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4076 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4080 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4085 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4087 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4088 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4089 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4090 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4091 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4093 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4094 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4098 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4108 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4111 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4116 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4118 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4124 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4125 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4126 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4127 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4129 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4130 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4132 Return 1 otherwise. */
4135 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4137 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4140 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4142 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4143 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4144 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4145 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4146 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4148 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4150 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4154 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4157 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4159 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4162 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4165 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4169 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4171 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4173 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4175 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4181 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4184 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4186 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4188 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4190 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4191 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4192 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4193 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4194 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4198 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4201 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4204 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4206 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4209 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4210 or its equivalent. */
4213 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4215 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4216 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4219 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4220 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4221 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4222 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4224 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4225 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4226 bpstat of the current thread. */
4229 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4232 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4235 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4237 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4240 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4241 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4243 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4245 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4248 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4249 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4251 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4252 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4253 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4255 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4257 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4258 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4259 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4260 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4261 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4262 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4263 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4264 the tree when we're done. */
4265 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4266 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4267 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4268 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4269 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4271 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4277 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4279 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4285 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4286 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4288 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4290 if (target_can_async_p ())
4291 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4292 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4293 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4296 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4297 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4298 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4299 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4300 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4301 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4302 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4303 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4304 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4305 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4306 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4307 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4308 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4313 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4318 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4320 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4322 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4323 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4324 && target_has_execution
4325 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4326 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4327 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4328 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4329 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4330 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4331 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4334 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4337 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4340 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4343 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4346 struct value_print_options opts
;
4347 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4348 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4352 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4353 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4354 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4355 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4358 static enum print_stop_action
4359 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4361 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4364 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4365 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4369 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4370 relevant messages. */
4371 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4374 case print_it_normal
:
4376 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4378 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4379 which has since been deleted. */
4381 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4383 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4384 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4389 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4390 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4395 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4398 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4401 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4403 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4407 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4408 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4409 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4411 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4412 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4413 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4416 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4417 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4418 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4422 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4426 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4427 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4430 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4435 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4436 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4437 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4440 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4445 struct so_list
*iter
;
4447 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4449 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4450 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4453 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4458 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4459 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4460 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4463 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4467 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4468 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4469 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4470 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4471 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4472 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4473 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4476 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4477 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4478 code to print the location. An example is
4479 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4481 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4482 to also print the location part of the message.
4483 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4484 don't require a location appended to the end.
4485 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4486 further info to be printed. */
4488 enum print_stop_action
4489 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4493 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4494 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4495 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4496 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4497 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4499 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4500 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4501 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4502 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4506 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4507 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4508 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4509 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4511 print_solib_event (0);
4512 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4515 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4516 with and nothing was printed. */
4517 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4520 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4521 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4522 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4523 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4526 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4528 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4529 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4531 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4535 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4538 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4542 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4544 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4545 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4546 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4547 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4548 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4549 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4550 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4552 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4556 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4557 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4560 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4562 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4564 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4566 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4568 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4569 as not triggered. */
4571 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4573 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4575 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4581 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4583 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4584 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4586 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4588 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4590 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4593 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4596 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4597 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4601 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4603 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4604 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4606 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4607 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4609 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4611 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4612 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4614 if (newaddr
== start
)
4616 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4620 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4621 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4625 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4634 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4635 because of check_errors). */
4636 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4637 #define WP_DELETED 1
4638 /* The value has changed. */
4639 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4640 /* The value has not changed. */
4641 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4642 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4645 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4646 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4648 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4651 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4652 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4655 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4657 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4658 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4659 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4660 int within_current_scope
;
4662 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4663 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4664 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4666 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4667 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4668 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4669 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4672 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4673 within_current_scope
= 1;
4676 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4677 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4678 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4680 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4681 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4682 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4683 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4684 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4685 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4686 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4687 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4688 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4689 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4692 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4693 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4695 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4696 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4697 if (within_current_scope
)
4699 struct symbol
*function
;
4701 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4702 if (function
== NULL
4703 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4704 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4705 within_current_scope
= 0;
4708 if (within_current_scope
)
4709 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4710 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4715 if (within_current_scope
)
4717 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4718 time before we return to the command level and call
4719 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4720 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4724 struct value
*new_val
;
4726 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4727 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4728 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4729 a mask watchpoint. */
4730 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4732 mark
= value_mark ();
4733 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4735 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4736 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4737 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4738 not what we want. */
4739 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4740 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4742 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4744 release_value (new_val
);
4745 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4747 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4750 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4754 /* Nothing changed. */
4755 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4756 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4761 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4763 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4764 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4765 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4766 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4767 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4768 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4769 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4770 the first value assigned). */
4771 /* We print all the stop information in
4772 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4773 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4774 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4776 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4778 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4779 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4780 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4782 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4783 which its expression is valid.\n");
4785 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4786 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4787 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4793 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4794 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4795 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4798 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4799 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4800 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4802 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4804 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4805 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4807 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4810 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4811 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4814 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4816 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4817 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4819 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4820 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4821 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4822 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4823 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4826 int must_check_value
= 0;
4828 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4829 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4831 must_check_value
= 1;
4832 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4833 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4834 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4836 must_check_value
= 1;
4837 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4838 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4839 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4840 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4841 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4842 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4843 must_check_value
= 1;
4845 if (must_check_value
)
4848 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4850 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4851 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4853 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4857 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4858 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4862 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4865 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4866 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4868 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4870 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4871 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4872 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4873 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4874 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4875 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4876 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4879 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4880 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4883 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4884 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4885 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4886 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4888 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4889 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4890 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4893 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4894 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4895 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4896 changes. This still gives false positives when
4897 the program writes the same value to memory as
4898 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4899 it for a read), but it's much better than
4902 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4904 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4906 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4908 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4909 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4910 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4912 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4913 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4915 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4916 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4918 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4924 if (other_write_watchpoint
4925 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4927 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4928 and the value changed since the last time we
4929 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4931 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4936 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4937 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4938 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4940 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4941 the value hasn't changed. */
4942 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4950 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4951 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
4952 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4953 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4954 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4958 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4960 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4961 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4962 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4963 anything for this watchpoint. */
4964 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4971 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4972 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4973 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4976 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
4978 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4979 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4980 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4982 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4983 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4984 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4985 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4986 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4988 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
4989 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
4990 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
4992 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
4993 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4997 int value_is_zero
= 0;
4998 struct expression
*cond
;
5000 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5001 method implemented. */
5002 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5003 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5005 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5007 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5014 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5016 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5017 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5019 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5020 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5021 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5022 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5024 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5026 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5027 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5031 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5032 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5033 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5034 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5035 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5037 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5038 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5041 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5043 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5044 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5045 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5046 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5047 really matter which instantiation of the function
5048 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5049 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5050 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5051 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5052 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5053 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5054 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5055 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5057 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5059 select_frame (frame
);
5061 within_current_scope
= 0;
5063 if (within_current_scope
)
5065 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5066 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5070 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5071 "in the current scope"));
5072 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5073 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5076 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5077 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5080 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5084 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5088 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5091 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5093 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5095 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5101 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5102 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5104 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5105 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5108 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5110 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5112 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5113 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5114 several reasons concurrently.)
5116 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5117 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5120 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5121 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5122 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5124 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5125 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5126 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5127 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5128 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5129 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5132 int need_remove_insert
;
5135 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5136 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5137 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5138 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5139 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5140 inferior function calls. */
5144 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5147 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5149 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5150 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5151 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5152 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5153 checked all locations already. */
5154 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5157 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5160 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5163 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5166 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5169 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5170 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5171 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5175 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5176 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5177 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5179 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5181 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5183 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5188 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5190 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5192 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5193 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5196 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5200 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5201 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5202 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5204 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5206 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5208 handle_solib_event ();
5213 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5214 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5215 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5219 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5224 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5225 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5228 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5233 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5235 /* We will stop here. */
5236 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5238 --(b
->enable_count
);
5239 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5240 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5241 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5246 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5247 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5248 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5249 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5255 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5257 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5258 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5261 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5262 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5263 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5265 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5266 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5267 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5269 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5270 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5272 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5274 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5275 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5278 if (need_remove_insert
)
5279 update_global_location_list (1);
5280 else if (removed_any
)
5281 update_global_location_list (0);
5287 handle_jit_event (void)
5289 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5290 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5292 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5293 breakpoint_re_set. */
5294 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5296 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5297 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5299 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5301 target_terminal_inferior ();
5304 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5307 handle_solib_event (void)
5309 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5311 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5312 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5313 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5314 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5316 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5318 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5320 target_terminal_inferior ();
5323 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5325 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5328 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5330 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5334 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5335 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5336 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5338 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5340 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5341 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5342 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5345 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5347 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5348 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5352 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5359 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5362 case bp_shlib_event
:
5366 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5368 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5371 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5374 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5375 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5376 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5380 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5382 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5386 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5387 This requires no further action. */
5391 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5393 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5394 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5396 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5397 case bp_exception_resume
:
5398 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5399 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5401 case bp_step_resume
:
5403 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5406 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5407 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5410 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5412 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5415 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5416 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5419 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5420 case bp_thread_event
:
5421 case bp_overlay_event
:
5422 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5423 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5424 case bp_exception_master
:
5425 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5431 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5433 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5437 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5438 This requires no further action. */
5443 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5446 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5447 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5448 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5449 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5451 case bp_std_terminate
:
5452 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5453 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5454 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5455 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5458 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5459 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5460 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5461 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5463 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5464 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5466 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5467 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5468 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5470 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5471 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5472 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5473 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5477 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5481 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5482 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5485 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5488 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5489 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5494 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5496 handle_jit_event ();
5499 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5501 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5507 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5508 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5510 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5511 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5519 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5520 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5521 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5524 bpstat_should_step (void)
5526 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5529 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5535 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5537 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5546 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5547 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5548 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5551 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5553 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5554 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5558 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5560 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5562 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5563 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5564 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5569 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5575 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5576 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5578 "host": Host evals condition.
5579 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5580 "target": Target evals condition.
5584 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5586 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5587 char host_evals
= 0;
5588 char target_evals
= 0;
5593 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5596 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5597 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5598 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5600 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5602 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5608 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5609 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5610 else if (target_evals
)
5611 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5613 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5616 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5617 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5620 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5622 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5625 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5626 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5627 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5629 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5630 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5632 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5635 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5638 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5639 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5641 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5642 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5644 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5648 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5650 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5651 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5652 else if (loc
&& loc
->source_file
)
5655 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5658 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5659 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5660 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5661 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5662 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5663 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5665 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", loc
->source_file
);
5666 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5668 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5670 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
5671 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
5674 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
5677 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5681 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5682 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5684 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5686 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5688 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5691 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5693 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5694 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5695 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5697 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5698 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5699 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5700 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5703 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5707 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5709 struct ep_type_description
5714 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5716 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5717 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5718 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5719 {bp_until
, "until"},
5720 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5721 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5722 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5723 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5724 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5725 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5726 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5727 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5728 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5729 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5730 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5731 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5732 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5733 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5734 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5735 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5736 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5737 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5738 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5739 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5740 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5741 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5742 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5743 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5744 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5745 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5746 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5747 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5748 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5751 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5752 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5753 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5754 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5757 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5760 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5763 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5764 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5766 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5769 struct command_line
*l
;
5770 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5772 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5773 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5774 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5775 struct value_print_options opts
;
5777 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5779 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5780 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5781 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5784 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5785 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5793 if (part_of_multiple
)
5796 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5797 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5802 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5807 if (part_of_multiple
)
5808 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5810 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5814 if (part_of_multiple
)
5815 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5817 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5822 if (part_of_multiple
)
5823 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5825 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5826 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5827 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5831 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5833 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5834 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5835 make sure there's just one location. */
5836 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5837 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5843 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5844 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5848 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5849 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5850 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5852 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5854 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5855 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5856 is relatively readable). */
5857 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5858 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5860 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5865 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5869 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5870 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5872 case bp_exception_resume
:
5873 case bp_step_resume
:
5874 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5875 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5877 case bp_std_terminate
:
5878 case bp_shlib_event
:
5879 case bp_thread_event
:
5880 case bp_overlay_event
:
5881 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5882 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5883 case bp_exception_master
:
5885 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5886 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5889 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5890 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5891 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5894 if (header_of_multiple
)
5895 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5896 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5897 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5899 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5900 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5903 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5904 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
5911 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5914 && !header_of_multiple
5916 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5917 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5918 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5919 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5920 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5921 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
5923 struct inferior
*inf
;
5926 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
5928 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
5933 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5936 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5937 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
5942 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5944 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5946 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5947 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5948 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
5949 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5951 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
5953 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
5954 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
5958 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5960 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5961 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
5963 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
5966 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5967 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5969 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
5970 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
5971 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5974 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
5977 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
5978 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
5980 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
5981 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
5983 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
5984 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
5985 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
5986 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
5987 == condition_evaluation_target
)
5989 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5990 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5991 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
5992 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
5994 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5997 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
5999 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6000 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6001 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6002 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6005 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
6007 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6008 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6009 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6010 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6011 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6013 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6014 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6015 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6016 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6017 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6019 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6022 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
6023 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
6024 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6025 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
6026 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6028 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6031 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6032 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6033 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6036 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6037 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6038 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6039 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6042 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6043 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6044 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6045 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6046 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6048 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6049 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6050 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6053 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6055 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6057 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6059 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6060 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6061 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6065 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->extra_string
6066 && b
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& !b
->commands
)
6069 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t(agent printf) ");
6070 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "printf", b
->extra_string
);
6071 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6074 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6075 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6077 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6080 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6081 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6082 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6085 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6087 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6089 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6091 annotate_field (10);
6092 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6093 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6094 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6098 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6100 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6102 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6104 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6106 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6107 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6112 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6113 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6116 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6117 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6119 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6121 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6122 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6124 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6125 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6126 locations, if any. */
6127 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6129 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6130 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6131 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6134 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6135 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6137 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6138 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6140 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6143 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6145 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6146 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6147 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6148 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6155 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6157 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6158 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6160 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6164 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6165 an address to print. */
6166 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6169 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6170 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6171 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6174 return print_address_bits
;
6177 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6183 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6185 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6186 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6187 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6191 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6193 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6201 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6202 char **error_message
)
6204 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6207 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6209 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6210 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6216 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6217 internal or momentary. */
6220 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6222 return b
->number
> 0;
6225 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6226 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6227 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6228 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6229 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6230 breakpoints listed. */
6233 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6234 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6236 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6237 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6238 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6239 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6240 struct value_print_options opts
;
6241 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6242 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6243 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6245 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6247 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6248 required for address fields. */
6249 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6252 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6253 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6256 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6257 accept. Skip the others. */
6258 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6260 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6262 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6266 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6268 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6270 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6271 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6272 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6274 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6275 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6276 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6278 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6282 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6284 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6285 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6289 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6290 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6293 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6294 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6295 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6297 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6298 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6300 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6301 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6302 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6304 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6305 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6307 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6308 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6310 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6312 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6313 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6314 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6316 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6317 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6319 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6321 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6322 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6323 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6324 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6329 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6330 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6333 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6334 accept. Skip the others. */
6336 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6338 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6340 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6343 else /* all others */
6345 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6349 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6351 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6352 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6355 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6357 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6359 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6363 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6364 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6366 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6367 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6373 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6374 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6377 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6378 there have been breakpoints? */
6379 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6381 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6384 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6385 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6388 default_collect_info (void)
6390 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6392 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6393 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6395 if (!*default_collect
)
6398 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6400 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6401 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6402 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6406 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6408 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6410 default_collect_info ();
6414 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6416 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6417 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6419 if (num_printed
== 0)
6421 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6422 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6424 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6429 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6431 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6433 default_collect_info ();
6437 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6438 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6439 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6441 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6443 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6445 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6446 && bl
->address
== pc
6447 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6453 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6454 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6458 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6459 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6460 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6463 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6466 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6467 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6471 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6472 else /* if (others == ???) */
6473 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6475 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6478 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6479 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6480 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6481 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6482 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6483 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6484 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6485 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6487 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6491 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6493 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6494 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6495 printf_filtered (".\n");
6500 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6501 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6502 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6503 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6505 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6506 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6507 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6508 breakpoint at address zero:
6516 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6518 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6520 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6523 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6524 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6527 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6528 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6530 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6531 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6533 /* Both of them must exist. */
6534 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6535 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6537 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6538 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6539 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6540 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6541 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6542 other watchpoint. */
6544 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6546 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6549 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6551 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6555 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6556 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6557 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6558 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6559 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6560 become hw_access locations later. */
6561 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6562 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6563 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6564 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6567 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6568 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6569 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6570 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6573 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6574 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6576 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
6577 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6581 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6582 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6583 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6584 space doesn't really matter. */
6587 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6588 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6591 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
6592 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6593 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6596 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6597 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6598 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6599 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6602 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6603 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6606 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6609 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6610 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6614 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6615 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6616 true, otherwise returns false. */
6619 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6620 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6622 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6623 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6624 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6625 different locations. */
6626 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6631 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6632 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6633 represent the same location. */
6636 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6637 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6639 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6641 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6642 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6643 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6645 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6646 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6648 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6651 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6652 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6653 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6655 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6656 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6657 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6658 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6662 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6663 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6665 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6666 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6670 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6671 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6673 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6674 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6676 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6679 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6680 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6681 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6682 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6685 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6686 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6688 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6690 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6693 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6694 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6695 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6696 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6697 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6699 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6700 have their addresses modified. */
6705 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6707 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6708 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6709 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6711 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6712 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6714 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6715 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6717 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6722 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6723 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6725 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6727 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6732 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6733 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6736 switch (owner
->type
)
6742 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6743 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6745 case bp_exception_resume
:
6746 case bp_step_resume
:
6747 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6748 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6750 case bp_std_terminate
:
6751 case bp_shlib_event
:
6752 case bp_thread_event
:
6753 case bp_overlay_event
:
6755 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6756 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6757 case bp_exception_master
:
6758 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6759 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6761 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6762 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6764 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6765 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6766 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6768 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6769 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6770 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6771 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6776 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6777 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6778 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6781 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6787 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6789 static struct bp_location
*
6790 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6792 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6796 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6798 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6802 /* Increment reference count. */
6805 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6810 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6811 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6814 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6816 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6818 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6819 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6823 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6826 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6828 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6830 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6831 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6833 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6835 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6844 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6847 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6848 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6850 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6852 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6854 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6858 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6859 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6860 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6862 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6865 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6867 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6868 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6869 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6870 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6873 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6874 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6876 static struct breakpoint
*
6877 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6879 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6881 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6883 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6884 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6888 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6889 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6893 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6895 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6897 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6898 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6899 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
6902 const char *function_name
;
6903 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
6905 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
6906 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
6908 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
6910 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6912 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
6913 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
6914 &loc
->requested_address
))
6916 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6917 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6918 loc
->requested_address
,
6921 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
6922 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
6924 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6925 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6926 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
6927 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6929 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
6934 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
6938 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6940 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6943 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
6945 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
6950 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6951 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6952 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6954 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6955 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6956 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6959 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6960 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
6961 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6963 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6965 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6967 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
6968 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
6970 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6971 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6973 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6974 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
6976 breakpoints_changed ();
6979 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
6980 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
6981 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
6982 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
6983 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
6984 is also returned as the value of this function.
6986 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6987 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6988 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
6989 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
6990 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
6991 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
6992 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
6995 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6996 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
6997 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6999 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7001 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7002 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7007 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7008 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7010 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7012 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7014 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7016 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7017 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7018 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7019 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7020 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7021 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7025 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7026 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7027 initiated the operation. */
7030 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7032 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7033 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7035 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7036 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7037 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7038 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7039 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7040 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7041 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7042 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7044 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7045 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7047 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7048 after their removal. */
7049 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7050 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7051 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7054 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7057 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7059 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7061 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7063 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7064 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7066 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7067 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7072 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7074 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7076 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7077 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7079 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7080 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7084 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7085 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7086 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7090 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7092 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7095 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7097 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7099 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7100 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7101 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7103 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7105 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7108 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7109 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7110 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7111 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7117 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7118 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7121 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7122 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7126 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7128 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7130 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7131 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7133 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7135 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7136 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7137 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7138 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7141 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7143 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7145 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7146 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7147 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7149 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7154 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7156 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7159 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7161 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7162 update_global_location_list (1);
7163 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7168 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7170 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7173 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7175 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7176 update_global_location_list (0);
7177 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7181 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7182 master breakpoint. */
7184 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7186 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7188 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7189 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7190 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7192 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7193 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7197 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7199 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7201 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7203 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7204 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7205 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7209 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7211 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7213 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7214 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7216 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7217 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7219 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7221 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7227 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7229 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7231 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7232 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7233 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7234 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7237 struct lang_and_radix
7243 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7246 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7248 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7250 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7251 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7252 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7256 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7259 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7261 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7263 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7264 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7265 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7266 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7270 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7272 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7274 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7275 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7276 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7277 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7281 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7283 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7285 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7286 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7287 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7291 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7292 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7295 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7297 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7299 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7301 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7302 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7304 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7305 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7306 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7307 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7308 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7309 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7310 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7311 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7312 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7313 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7314 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7316 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
7318 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7322 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7327 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7328 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7332 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7334 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7335 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7337 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7338 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7339 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7340 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7341 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7342 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7345 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7347 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7348 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7350 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7351 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7352 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7353 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7354 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7355 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7356 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7357 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7358 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7360 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7361 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7362 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7363 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7366 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7367 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7369 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7371 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7372 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7373 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7376 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7381 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7383 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7384 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7385 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7386 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7387 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7389 struct fork_catchpoint
7391 /* The base class. */
7392 struct breakpoint base
;
7394 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7395 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7396 catchpoint has triggered. */
7397 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7400 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7404 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7406 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7409 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7413 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7415 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7418 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7422 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7423 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7424 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7426 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7428 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7431 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7435 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7438 static enum print_stop_action
7439 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7441 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7442 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7443 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7445 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7446 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7447 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7449 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7450 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7452 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7453 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7454 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7456 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7457 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7458 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7459 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7460 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7463 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7467 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7469 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7470 struct value_print_options opts
;
7471 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7473 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7475 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7476 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7478 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7479 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7481 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7482 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7484 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7485 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7486 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7487 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7491 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7495 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7497 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7500 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7504 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7507 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7510 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7512 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7514 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7518 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7520 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7523 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7527 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7529 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7532 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7536 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7537 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7538 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7540 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7542 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7545 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7549 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7552 static enum print_stop_action
7553 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7555 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7556 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7557 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7559 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7560 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7561 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7563 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7564 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7566 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7567 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7568 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7570 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7571 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7572 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7573 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7574 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7577 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7581 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7583 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7584 struct value_print_options opts
;
7585 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7587 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7588 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7589 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7591 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7592 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7594 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7595 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7597 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7598 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7599 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7600 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7604 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7608 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7610 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7613 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7617 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7619 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7620 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7623 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7625 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7627 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7628 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7629 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7630 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7631 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7633 struct solib_catchpoint
7635 /* The base class. */
7636 struct breakpoint base
;
7638 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7639 unsigned char is_load
;
7641 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7642 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7648 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7650 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7653 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7654 xfree (self
->regex
);
7656 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7660 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7666 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7672 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7673 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7675 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7677 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7678 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7680 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7685 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7687 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7690 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7693 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7696 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7698 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7707 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7709 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7710 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7715 struct so_list
*iter
;
7718 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7723 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7732 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7737 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7743 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7746 static enum print_stop_action
7747 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7749 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7750 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7752 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7753 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7754 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7756 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7757 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7758 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7759 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7760 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7761 print_solib_event (1);
7762 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7766 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7768 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7769 struct value_print_options opts
;
7770 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7773 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7774 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7775 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7777 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7780 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7787 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7789 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7794 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7796 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7798 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7803 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7805 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7807 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7808 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7812 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7814 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7817 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7818 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7820 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7821 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7824 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7826 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7830 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7831 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7833 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7834 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7836 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7838 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7842 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7844 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7845 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7851 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7854 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7856 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7857 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7859 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7862 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7863 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
,
7864 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7866 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7867 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7871 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7872 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7874 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7878 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7879 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7881 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
7886 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7887 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7888 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7889 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7890 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7892 struct syscall_catchpoint
7894 /* The base class. */
7895 struct breakpoint base
;
7897 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7898 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7899 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7900 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7901 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
7904 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7908 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7910 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
7912 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
7914 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7917 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
7919 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7921 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7922 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7923 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7925 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7926 int any_syscall_count
;
7928 /* Count of each system call. */
7929 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
7931 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7932 if any catching is necessary. */
7933 int total_syscalls_count
;
7936 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
7937 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
7939 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
7941 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
7942 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
7944 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
7945 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
7952 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
7958 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7962 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7964 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7965 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
7966 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
7967 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
7969 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
7970 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
7971 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
7977 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
7982 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
7984 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
7985 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
7986 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
7988 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
7989 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
7990 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
7992 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
7993 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
7995 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
7996 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8000 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8001 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8002 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8004 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8006 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8009 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8013 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8015 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8016 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8017 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8018 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8020 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8021 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8022 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8028 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8032 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8033 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8035 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8036 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8040 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8041 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8042 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8044 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8046 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8049 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8053 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8054 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8055 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8057 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8058 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8059 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8060 int syscall_number
= 0;
8061 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8062 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8064 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8065 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8068 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8070 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8071 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8076 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8078 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8088 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8091 static enum print_stop_action
8092 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8094 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8095 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8096 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8097 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8098 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8099 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8101 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8104 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8106 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8108 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8110 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8111 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8113 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8114 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8116 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8117 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8118 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8119 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8120 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8122 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8124 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8125 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8127 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8129 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8130 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8132 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8134 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8136 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8139 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8143 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8144 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8146 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8147 struct value_print_options opts
;
8148 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8150 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8151 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8152 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8154 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8155 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8158 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8159 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8160 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8162 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8164 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8167 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8170 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8175 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8178 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8180 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8182 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8183 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8187 /* Remove the last comma. */
8188 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8189 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8192 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8193 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8196 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8200 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8202 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8204 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8208 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8209 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8211 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8214 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8218 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8221 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8223 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8225 printf_filtered (")");
8228 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8232 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8236 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8238 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8240 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8242 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8247 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8252 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8254 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8256 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8259 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8262 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8264 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8266 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8269 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8271 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8274 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8275 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8276 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8277 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8280 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8281 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8283 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8285 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8288 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8290 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8292 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8293 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8297 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8299 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8300 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8303 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8306 update_global_location_list (1);
8310 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8311 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8312 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8314 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8316 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8318 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8320 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8323 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8325 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8326 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8327 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8328 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8329 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8331 struct exec_catchpoint
8333 /* The base class. */
8334 struct breakpoint base
;
8336 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8337 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8339 char *exec_pathname
;
8342 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8346 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8348 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8350 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8352 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8356 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8358 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8362 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8364 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8368 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8369 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8370 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8372 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8374 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8377 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8381 static enum print_stop_action
8382 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8384 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8385 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8386 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8388 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8389 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8390 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8392 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8393 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8395 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8396 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8397 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8399 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8400 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8401 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8402 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8404 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8408 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8410 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8411 struct value_print_options opts
;
8412 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8414 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8416 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8417 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8418 is relatively readable). */
8419 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8420 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8422 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8423 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8425 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8426 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8427 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8432 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8434 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8437 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8441 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8443 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8444 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8447 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8450 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8451 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8453 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8454 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8456 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8457 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8458 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8460 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8464 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8467 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8468 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8472 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8473 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8475 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8477 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8484 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8488 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8491 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8493 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8496 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8498 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8500 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8506 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8507 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8508 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8509 types _not_ TYPE. */
8512 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8513 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8516 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8518 *other_type_used
= 0;
8523 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8526 if (b
->type
== type
)
8527 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8528 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8529 *other_type_used
= 1;
8536 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8538 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8542 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8544 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8545 update_global_location_list (0);
8551 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8553 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8557 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8559 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8560 update_global_location_list (1);
8566 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8568 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8569 update_global_location_list (0);
8573 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8575 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8576 breakpoint_re_set ();
8580 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8581 at address specified by SAL.
8582 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8585 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8586 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8588 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8590 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
8592 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
8594 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8595 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8596 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8597 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8599 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8600 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8602 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8603 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8605 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8610 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8611 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8614 static struct breakpoint
*
8615 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8617 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8619 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8621 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8622 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8623 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8625 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8626 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8627 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8628 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8629 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8630 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8632 if (orig
->loc
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8633 copy
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->loc
->source_file
);
8635 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8636 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8637 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8638 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8640 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8641 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8642 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8644 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8648 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8652 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8654 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8658 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8662 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8665 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8667 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8669 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8670 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8672 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8676 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8679 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8681 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8682 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8684 printf_filtered ("\n");
8688 static struct bp_location
*
8689 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8690 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8692 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8693 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8694 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8696 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8697 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8699 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8700 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8701 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8702 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8703 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8704 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8705 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8708 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8709 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8713 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8714 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8715 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8716 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8717 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8718 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8719 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8721 if (sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8722 loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8723 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8725 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8726 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8731 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8732 return 0 otherwise. */
8735 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8739 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8740 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8741 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8744 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8746 addr
= loc
->address
;
8747 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8749 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8753 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8755 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8756 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8757 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8758 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8760 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8761 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8763 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8764 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8767 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8772 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8773 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8776 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8778 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8779 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8784 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8786 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8788 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8790 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8792 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8793 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8795 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8796 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8797 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8799 if (!dprintf_function
)
8800 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8802 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8803 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8808 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8812 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8814 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8815 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8818 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8819 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8823 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8824 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8826 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8829 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8831 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8833 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8834 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8835 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8836 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8837 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8838 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8841 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8842 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8843 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8844 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8845 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8846 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8848 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8852 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8853 current style settings. */
8856 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8857 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8859 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8863 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8864 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8868 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8869 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8870 as condition expression. */
8873 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8874 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8875 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
8877 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8878 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8879 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8880 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8881 int display_canonical
)
8885 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8887 int target_resources_ok
;
8889 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8890 target_resources_ok
=
8891 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8893 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8894 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8895 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8896 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8899 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
8901 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8903 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
8904 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8908 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8910 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8912 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8913 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8918 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8922 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8923 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
8924 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8925 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8926 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8928 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8929 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8931 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8933 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8934 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8936 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8938 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8939 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8940 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
8944 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8946 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8948 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
8949 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
8951 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8953 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
8955 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8957 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
8958 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
8960 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8962 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
8965 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8966 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8973 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8974 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8978 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8979 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
8983 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8984 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
8985 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8987 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8990 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8991 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8992 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8994 if (b
->extra_string
)
8995 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8997 error (_("Format string required"));
8999 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9000 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9003 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9005 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9007 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9010 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9015 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9016 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9017 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9019 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9020 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9021 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9022 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9023 int display_canonical
)
9025 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9026 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9028 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9030 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9032 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9036 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9038 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9040 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9042 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9044 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9046 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9048 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9050 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9053 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9054 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9055 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9056 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9057 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9058 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9059 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9060 we take just a single condition string.
9062 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9063 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9064 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9065 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9066 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9069 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9070 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9071 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9072 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9073 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9074 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9075 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9078 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9080 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9081 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9083 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9085 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9086 'break', without arguments. */
9087 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9088 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9090 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9091 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9093 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9094 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9097 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9099 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9100 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9101 canonical
->special_display
);
9102 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9106 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9107 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9108 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9109 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9111 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9112 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9115 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9116 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9118 char *addr_start
= *address
;
9120 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9122 if ((*address
) == NULL
9123 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9125 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9127 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9129 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9130 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9132 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9133 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9134 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9136 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9137 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
9138 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9139 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
9141 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9142 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9143 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9144 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9145 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9146 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9148 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9149 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9150 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9152 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9155 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9159 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9161 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9162 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9163 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9164 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9166 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9167 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9168 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9170 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9171 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9172 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9173 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9174 get_last_displayed_line (),
9175 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9177 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9178 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9183 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9184 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9187 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9191 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9192 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9195 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9196 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9197 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9198 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9199 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9203 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9204 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9207 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9209 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9211 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9213 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9215 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9217 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9218 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9219 associated with SAL. */
9222 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9224 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9227 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9228 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9230 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9234 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9236 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9237 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9239 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9242 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9243 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9244 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9245 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9246 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9247 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9250 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9251 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9254 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9263 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9264 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9266 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9268 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9270 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9274 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9276 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9278 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9280 struct expression
*expr
;
9282 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9283 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9286 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9288 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9294 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9296 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9297 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9298 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9300 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9306 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9308 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9309 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9310 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9314 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9318 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9322 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9324 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9325 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9327 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9328 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9329 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9330 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9335 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9337 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9339 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9340 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9342 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9343 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9344 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9346 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9347 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9349 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9351 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9353 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9355 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9357 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9358 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9360 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9363 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9369 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9370 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9371 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9372 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9373 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9374 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9375 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9376 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9377 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9381 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9382 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9383 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9384 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
9385 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9387 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9388 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9389 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9392 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9393 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9394 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9395 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9396 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9397 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9400 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9402 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9404 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9406 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9408 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9409 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9412 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9416 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9422 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9424 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9427 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9428 throw_exception (e
);
9430 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9432 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9433 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9434 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9435 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9436 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9439 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9440 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9441 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9442 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9444 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9446 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9447 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9448 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9449 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9450 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9452 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9456 throw_exception (e
);
9460 throw_exception (e
);
9463 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9464 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9466 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9467 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9468 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9469 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9470 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9472 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9473 are ok for the target. */
9477 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9479 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9480 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9483 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9484 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9487 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9489 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9490 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9493 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9494 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9498 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9500 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9502 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9505 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9506 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9507 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9508 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9510 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9511 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9513 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9515 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9517 extra_string
= rest
;
9521 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9524 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9525 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9527 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9530 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9531 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9535 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9536 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9537 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9538 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9539 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9543 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9545 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9547 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9549 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9551 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9555 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9557 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9559 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9560 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9561 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9562 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9563 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9564 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9565 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9566 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9567 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9568 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9570 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9573 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9575 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9576 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9577 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9580 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9582 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9583 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9584 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9586 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9587 update_global_location_list (1);
9592 /* Set a breakpoint.
9593 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9594 condition, and thread.
9595 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9596 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9600 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9602 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9603 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9604 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9606 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9607 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9609 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9610 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9611 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9613 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9615 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9617 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9618 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9619 0 /* Ignore count */,
9620 pending_break_support
,
9628 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9631 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9635 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9637 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9638 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9639 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
9642 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9643 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9644 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9645 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9648 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9650 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9654 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9657 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9660 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9661 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
9665 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9666 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9667 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9668 happen in assembly source). */
9670 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
9671 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9673 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9675 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9677 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
9679 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9686 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9688 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9692 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9694 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9698 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9700 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9704 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9706 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9710 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9712 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9713 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9714 stop at <line>\n"));
9718 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9722 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9724 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9729 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9730 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9731 function/method name. */
9732 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9734 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9739 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9741 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9745 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9747 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9751 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9755 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9762 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9763 it is probably a line number. */
9764 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9766 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9771 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9773 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9777 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9779 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9782 void dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
9784 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9785 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9786 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9790 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9792 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9794 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9796 0 /* Ignore count */,
9797 pending_break_support
,
9798 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9806 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9808 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9811 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9812 ranged breakpoints. */
9815 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9816 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9818 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9820 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9821 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9824 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9825 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9828 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9829 ranged breakpoints. */
9832 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9834 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9837 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9838 ranged breakpoints. */
9840 static enum print_stop_action
9841 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9843 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9844 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9845 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9847 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9849 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9850 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9852 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9853 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9854 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9856 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9857 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9859 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9860 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9861 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9863 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9864 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
9866 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9869 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9870 ranged breakpoints. */
9873 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9874 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9876 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9877 struct value_print_options opts
;
9878 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9880 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9881 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9883 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9885 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9886 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9887 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9888 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
9890 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9894 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9895 ranged breakpoints. */
9898 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9899 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9901 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9902 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9903 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
9904 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
9908 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9909 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9911 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
9912 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
9913 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9914 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9915 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
9916 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9918 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9921 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9922 ranged breakpoints. */
9925 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9927 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9928 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9931 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9933 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9936 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9937 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9938 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9941 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9942 ranged breakpoints. */
9945 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9947 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
9948 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
9949 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9952 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9954 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9956 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9957 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9958 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9959 last instruction of the given line. */
9962 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9966 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9967 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9968 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9975 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9977 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9979 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9986 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9989 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9991 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
9992 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9993 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9995 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9996 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
9997 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
9998 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10000 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10001 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10002 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10004 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10005 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10006 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10008 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10009 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10011 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10012 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10013 error(_("No address range specified."));
10015 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10018 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10020 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10023 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10024 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10025 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10027 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10029 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10030 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10031 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10033 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10034 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10035 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10037 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10038 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10040 /* Parse the end location. */
10042 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10045 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10046 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10047 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10048 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10049 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10050 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10051 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10052 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10054 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10056 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10057 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10059 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10060 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10061 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10062 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10064 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10065 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10066 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10068 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10069 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10070 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10072 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10074 /* Length overflowed. */
10075 error (_("Address range too large."));
10076 else if (length
== 1)
10078 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10079 the `hbreak' command. */
10080 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10082 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10087 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10088 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10089 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10090 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10091 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10092 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10093 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10094 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10095 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10097 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10100 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10101 update_global_location_list (1);
10104 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10105 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10106 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10110 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10112 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10118 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10119 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10122 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10132 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10133 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10134 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10135 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10136 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10138 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10154 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT
:
10166 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10169 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10170 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10174 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10175 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10176 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10177 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10179 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10180 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10185 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10187 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10188 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10189 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10190 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10192 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10193 are always constant. */
10195 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10197 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10198 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10199 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10204 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10205 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10206 then it is not a constant. */
10215 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10218 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10220 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10222 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10224 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10225 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10226 value_free (w
->val
);
10228 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10231 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10234 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10236 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10238 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10239 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10241 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10242 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10243 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10244 are loaded and unloaded.
10246 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10247 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10248 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10249 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10250 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10251 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10253 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10254 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10255 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10256 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10258 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10259 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10261 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10262 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10263 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10266 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10269 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10271 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10272 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10274 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10278 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10281 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10283 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10284 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10286 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10291 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10292 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10293 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10295 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10296 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10298 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10299 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10300 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10301 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10302 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10303 (did not match the data address). */
10304 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10305 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10312 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10314 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10316 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10319 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10320 hardware watchpoints. */
10323 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10325 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10326 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10328 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10331 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10332 hardware watchpoints. */
10335 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10337 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10338 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10341 static enum print_stop_action
10342 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10344 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10345 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10346 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
10347 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10348 enum print_stop_action result
;
10349 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10350 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10352 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10354 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
10355 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10356 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10358 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10359 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10363 case bp_watchpoint
:
10364 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10365 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10366 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10367 ui_out_field_string
10369 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10371 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10372 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10373 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10374 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10375 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10376 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10377 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10378 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10379 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10380 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10383 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10384 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10385 ui_out_field_string
10387 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10389 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10390 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10391 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10392 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10393 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10394 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10397 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10398 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10400 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10401 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10402 ui_out_field_string
10404 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10406 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10407 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10408 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10409 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10410 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10415 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10416 ui_out_field_string
10418 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10419 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10420 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10422 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10423 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10424 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10425 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10428 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10431 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10435 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10439 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10441 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10442 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10443 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10447 case bp_watchpoint
:
10448 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10449 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10451 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10452 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10453 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10455 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10456 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10457 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10459 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10460 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10461 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10464 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10465 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10468 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10469 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10470 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10471 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10474 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10478 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10480 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10484 case bp_watchpoint
:
10485 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10486 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10488 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10489 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10491 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10492 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10495 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10496 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10499 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10500 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10503 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10505 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10507 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10508 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10511 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10513 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10515 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10516 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10519 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10520 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10523 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10525 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10527 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10528 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10531 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10532 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10535 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10537 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10539 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10542 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10543 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10546 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10551 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10552 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10554 static enum print_stop_action
10555 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10557 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10558 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10560 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10561 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10565 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10566 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10567 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10568 ui_out_field_string
10570 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10573 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10574 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10575 ui_out_field_string
10577 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10580 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10581 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10582 ui_out_field_string
10584 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10587 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10588 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10592 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10593 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10594 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10595 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10597 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10598 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10601 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10602 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10605 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10606 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10608 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10610 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10611 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10613 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10614 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10615 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10618 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10619 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10622 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10624 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10625 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10626 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10630 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10631 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10632 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10634 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10635 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10636 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10638 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10639 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10640 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10643 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10644 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10647 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10648 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10649 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10650 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10653 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10654 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10657 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10659 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10664 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10665 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10667 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10668 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10670 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10671 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10674 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10675 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10678 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10679 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10680 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10683 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10685 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10687 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10690 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10692 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10695 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10696 hw_read: watch read,
10697 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10699 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10700 int just_location
, int internal
)
10702 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10703 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10704 struct expression
*exp
;
10705 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10706 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10707 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10708 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10709 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10710 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10712 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10713 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10714 enum bptype bp_type
;
10717 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10718 the hardware watchpoint. */
10720 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10721 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10723 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10724 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10728 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10729 of the arguments string. */
10730 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10732 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10733 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10736 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10737 This is the value of the parameter. */
10738 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10740 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10742 /* Skip whitespace. */
10743 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10748 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10749 This is the parameter itself. */
10750 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10753 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10755 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10757 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10758 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10759 only in a specific thread. */
10763 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10765 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10766 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10768 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10770 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10771 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10773 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10774 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10775 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10777 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10779 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10780 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10782 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10785 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10787 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10789 mark
= value_mark ();
10790 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10791 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10792 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10795 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10798 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10799 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10804 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10805 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10807 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10809 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10810 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10812 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10815 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10816 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10820 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10821 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10823 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10826 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10827 mark
= value_mark ();
10828 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10834 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10835 val
= value_addr (result
);
10836 release_value (val
);
10837 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10841 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10844 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10845 else if (ret
== -2)
10846 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10849 else if (val
!= NULL
)
10850 release_value (val
);
10852 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10853 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10855 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10856 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10858 struct expression
*cond
;
10860 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10861 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10862 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
10864 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10865 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10866 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10872 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10874 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10875 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10876 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10877 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10879 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10881 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10883 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10884 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10885 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10886 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10887 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
10889 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
10892 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
10893 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
10894 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10895 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10897 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10899 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10900 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10902 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10903 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10905 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10906 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
10907 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
10908 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
10909 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10910 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10911 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10912 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10913 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10917 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10919 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
10922 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
10923 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10925 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
10926 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10927 b
->thread
= thread
;
10928 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10929 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10931 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10932 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10935 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
10936 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
10939 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
10940 name
= type_to_string (t
);
10942 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
10943 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
10946 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10947 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10949 /* The above expression is in C. */
10950 b
->language
= language_c
;
10953 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10957 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10966 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10968 b
->cond_string
= 0;
10972 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
10973 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10977 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10978 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10981 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10983 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10984 need to act on them together. */
10985 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10986 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
10989 if (!just_location
)
10990 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10992 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
10994 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10995 that should be inserted. */
10996 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11000 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11001 throw_exception (e
);
11004 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11007 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11008 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11011 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11013 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11014 struct value
*head
= v
;
11016 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11017 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11020 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11021 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11022 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11023 hardware watchpoint.
11025 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11026 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11027 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11028 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11029 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11030 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11031 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11032 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11033 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11035 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11036 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11037 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11038 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11039 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11041 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11043 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11044 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11045 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11046 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11047 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11048 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11052 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11053 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11054 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11056 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11057 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11058 middle of some value chain. */
11060 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11061 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11063 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11067 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11068 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11069 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11071 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11075 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11079 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11080 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11081 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11082 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11083 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11086 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11087 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11088 return found_memory_cnt
;
11092 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11094 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11097 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11098 calls watch_command_1. */
11101 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11103 int just_location
= 0;
11106 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11107 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11109 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11113 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11117 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11119 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11123 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11125 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11129 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11131 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11135 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11137 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11141 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11143 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11147 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11148 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11150 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11152 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11153 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11157 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11158 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11159 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11162 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11164 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11166 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11167 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11168 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11169 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11173 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11175 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11176 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11177 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11178 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11179 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11180 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11181 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11182 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11183 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11185 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11187 clear_proceed_status ();
11189 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11192 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11193 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11194 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11195 get_last_displayed_line ());
11197 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11198 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11200 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11201 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11203 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11204 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11207 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11209 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11211 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11214 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11216 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11217 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11218 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11221 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11222 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11223 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11224 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11226 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11229 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11231 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11233 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11234 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11235 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11239 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11241 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11242 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11245 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11249 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11250 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11251 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11252 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11254 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11255 only at the very same frame. */
11256 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11257 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11258 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11260 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11262 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11263 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11264 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11265 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11267 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11269 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11270 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11272 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11273 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11274 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11276 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11277 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11278 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11282 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11285 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11286 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11288 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11289 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11290 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11291 if clause in the arg string. */
11294 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11298 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11301 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11304 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11305 condition string. */
11306 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11307 cond_string
= *arg
;
11309 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11311 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11313 return cond_string
;
11316 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11317 process start/exit, etc. */
11321 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11322 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11327 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11328 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11330 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11331 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11332 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11335 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11336 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11337 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11341 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11343 /* The allowed syntax is:
11345 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11347 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11348 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11350 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11351 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11353 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11354 and enable reporting of such events. */
11357 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11358 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11359 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11360 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11362 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11363 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11364 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11365 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11368 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11374 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11375 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11377 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11378 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11380 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11382 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11386 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11388 /* The allowed syntax is:
11390 catch exec if <cond>
11392 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11393 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11395 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11396 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11398 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11399 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11400 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11401 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11403 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11406 static enum print_stop_action
11407 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11409 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11410 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11411 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
11413 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
11415 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11416 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
11417 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
11420 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11421 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11422 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
11424 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11425 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11426 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11427 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
11428 : " (exception caught), ");
11429 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11431 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11432 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11433 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11434 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11436 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11440 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11441 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
11443 struct value_print_options opts
;
11444 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11446 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11447 if (opts
.addressprint
)
11449 annotate_field (4);
11450 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11451 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11453 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
11454 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
11456 annotate_field (5);
11458 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
11459 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
11460 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
11462 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
11466 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11468 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11472 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11473 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11474 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11475 : _("Catchpoint "));
11476 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11477 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
11481 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11482 catch catchpoints. */
11485 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11486 struct ui_file
*fp
)
11491 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11492 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11493 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11494 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
11495 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11498 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
11501 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
11502 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
11504 char *trigger_func_name
;
11506 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11507 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
11509 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
11511 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11512 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
11513 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11514 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
11516 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
11517 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
11525 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11528 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
11529 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
11531 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11535 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11537 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11539 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11540 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11542 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
11543 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11544 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11546 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
11549 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11552 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11555 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11557 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11559 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11562 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11565 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11567 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11569 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11573 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11574 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11575 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11577 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11583 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11585 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11587 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11588 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11589 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11590 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11591 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11592 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11593 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11594 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11595 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11596 enough for now, though. */
11599 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11601 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11602 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11603 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11604 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11607 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11608 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11610 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11612 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11613 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11615 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11617 int i
, syscall_number
;
11619 char cur_name
[128];
11622 /* Skip whitespace. */
11623 while (isspace (*arg
))
11626 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11627 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11628 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11631 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11632 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11633 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11634 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11637 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11639 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11641 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11642 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11643 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11644 syscall number to be caught. */
11645 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11648 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11649 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11652 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11656 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11659 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11660 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11665 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11667 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11668 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11669 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11670 this architecture yet."));
11672 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11674 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11676 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11677 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11678 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11679 for his/her architecture. */
11680 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11682 /* The allowed syntax is:
11684 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11686 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11689 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11693 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11694 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11698 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11700 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11705 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11707 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11710 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11713 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11715 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11716 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11717 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11718 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11720 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11722 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11725 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11729 return ub
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11732 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11735 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11737 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11738 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11741 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11742 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11744 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11748 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11749 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11750 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11755 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11756 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11757 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11758 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11760 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11761 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11762 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11763 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11764 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11765 error (_("No source file specified."));
11767 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11773 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11774 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11775 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11776 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11778 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11779 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11780 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11781 due to optimization, all in one block.
11783 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11784 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11785 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11786 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11787 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11788 to support that. */
11790 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11791 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11792 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11796 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11797 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11799 int is_abs
, sal_name_len
;
11801 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11802 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11803 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11806 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11811 1 0 <can't happen> */
11813 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11814 is_abs
= sal
.symtab
== NULL
? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11815 sal_name_len
= is_abs
? 0 : strlen (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11817 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11818 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11821 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11822 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11824 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11825 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11827 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11828 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11829 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11831 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11832 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11833 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11834 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11835 int line_match
= 0;
11837 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11838 && loc
->source_file
!= NULL
11839 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11840 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11841 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
)
11843 if (filename_cmp (loc
->source_file
,
11844 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0)
11846 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
)
11847 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc
->source_file
,
11848 sal
.symtab
->filename
,
11853 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11862 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11866 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11867 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11870 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11872 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11875 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11876 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11877 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11878 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11879 compare_breakpoints
);
11880 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11881 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11885 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11890 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11891 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11894 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11895 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11897 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11899 breakpoints_changed ();
11901 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11904 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11905 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11908 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11910 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11913 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11914 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11915 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11918 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11920 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11922 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11923 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11924 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11926 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11928 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11930 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11931 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11935 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11936 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11937 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11938 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11939 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11940 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11943 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11945 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
11946 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
11947 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11948 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11949 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11951 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11952 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11954 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11955 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11958 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11959 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11960 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11962 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11963 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
11964 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
11966 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11967 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11968 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11970 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11971 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11972 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11974 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11977 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11978 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11979 content of the bp_location array. */
11982 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11984 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11986 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11987 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11989 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11991 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11993 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11996 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11997 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11999 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12000 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12001 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12002 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12004 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12006 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12007 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12008 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12009 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12013 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12016 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12018 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12019 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12021 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12024 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12026 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12028 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12030 if (!is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
12033 if ((bl
->owner
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12034 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12035 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12038 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12039 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12040 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12041 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12044 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12046 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12049 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) bl
->owner
;
12050 t
->number_on_target
= bl
->owner
->number
;
12053 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12056 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12059 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12061 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12062 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12063 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12064 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12066 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12067 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12068 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12069 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12070 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12072 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12073 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12074 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12075 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12076 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12077 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12078 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12079 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12082 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12083 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12084 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12088 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12090 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12091 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12092 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12095 address
= bl
->address
;
12096 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12098 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12099 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12100 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12102 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12103 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12106 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12107 the same program space as the location
12108 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12109 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12110 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12114 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12115 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12118 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12119 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12120 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12121 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12122 that have already been marked. */
12123 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12125 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12127 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12129 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12130 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12135 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12136 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12137 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12138 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12139 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12140 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12141 returns true on them.
12143 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12144 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12145 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12146 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12147 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12148 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12151 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12153 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12154 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12155 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12156 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12157 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12158 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12159 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12161 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12162 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12163 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12164 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12165 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12167 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12168 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12169 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12170 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12172 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12173 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12174 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12175 unsigned old_location_count
;
12177 old_location
= bp_location
;
12178 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12179 bp_location
= NULL
;
12180 bp_location_count
= 0;
12181 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12183 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12184 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12185 bp_location_count
++;
12187 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12188 locp
= bp_location
;
12189 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12190 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12192 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12193 bp_location_compare
);
12195 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12197 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12198 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12199 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12200 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12201 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12204 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12205 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12207 locp
= bp_location
;
12208 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12211 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12212 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12214 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12215 not, we have to free it. */
12216 int found_object
= 0;
12217 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12218 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12221 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12222 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12223 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12224 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12228 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12229 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12232 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12233 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12234 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12236 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12237 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12238 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12240 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12241 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12244 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12248 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12249 have to go through updates again. */
12250 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12252 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12254 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12256 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12257 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12258 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12259 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12260 at certain location is not inserted. */
12262 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12264 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12267 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12269 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12270 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12271 keep_in_target
= 1;
12275 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12276 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12277 remove its target-side condition. */
12279 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12280 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12281 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12282 this one from the target. */
12284 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12285 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12288 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12289 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12292 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12294 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12296 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12297 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12298 supported, but the latter are. */
12299 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12301 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12302 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12305 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12306 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12308 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12309 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12311 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12312 keep_in_target
= 1;
12320 if (!keep_in_target
)
12322 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12324 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12325 this location on the global list, and try to
12326 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12327 reason why we will succeed next time.
12329 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12330 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12331 only after calling us. */
12332 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12333 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12334 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12342 if (removed
&& non_stop
12343 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12344 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12346 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12347 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12348 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12349 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12350 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12351 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12352 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12353 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12354 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12355 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12356 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12357 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12358 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12359 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12362 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12363 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12365 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12366 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12367 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12368 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12369 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12370 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12371 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12372 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12373 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12374 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12375 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12376 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12377 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12380 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12381 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12382 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12383 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12385 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12386 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12387 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12388 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12389 traps we can no longer explain. */
12391 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12392 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12394 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12398 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12399 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12404 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12405 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12406 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12407 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12408 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12409 are sorted first for the same address.
12411 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12412 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12414 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12415 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12416 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12417 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12418 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12420 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12422 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12425 if (!should_be_inserted (loc
)
12426 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12427 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12428 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12429 `struct bp_location'. */
12430 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12432 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12433 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12437 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12438 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12439 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12440 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12441 "actually inserted"));
12443 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12444 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12445 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12446 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12447 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12448 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12450 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12452 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12453 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12454 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12456 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12457 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12459 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12461 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12462 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12463 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12469 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12470 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12471 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12473 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12474 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12476 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12477 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12479 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12480 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12481 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12482 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12483 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12486 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12487 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12488 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
12491 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12494 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12495 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12496 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12498 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12503 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12505 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12509 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12511 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12514 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12515 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12517 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12518 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12524 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12526 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12528 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12529 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12532 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12535 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12539 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12540 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12542 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12543 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12544 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12548 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12550 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12552 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12554 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12558 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12562 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12564 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12565 struct value_print_options opts
;
12567 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12569 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12571 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12573 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12577 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->source_file
== NULL
)
12579 printf_filtered (" at ");
12580 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12583 if (b
->loc
->source_file
)
12585 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12587 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12588 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12589 b
->loc
->source_file
, b
->loc
->line_number
);
12591 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12592 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12593 real situation somewhat. */
12594 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12599 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12601 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12603 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12608 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12611 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12613 xfree (self
->cond
);
12614 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12615 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12616 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12617 xfree (self
->source_file
);
12620 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12625 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12629 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12631 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12632 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12633 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12634 xfree (self
->filter
);
12635 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12638 static struct bp_location
*
12639 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12641 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12643 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12644 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12649 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12651 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12654 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12655 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12658 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12660 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12664 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12666 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12670 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12671 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12673 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12675 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12679 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12684 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12688 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12690 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12693 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12697 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12699 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12702 static enum print_stop_action
12703 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12705 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12709 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12710 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12716 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12718 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12722 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12724 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12728 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12729 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12730 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12734 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12738 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12739 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12740 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12742 char *extra_string
,
12743 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12744 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12746 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12747 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12748 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12749 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12751 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12755 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12756 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12758 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12761 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12763 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12764 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12765 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12766 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12767 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12768 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12769 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12770 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12771 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12772 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12774 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12775 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12776 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12777 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12778 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12779 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12782 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12785 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12787 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12788 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12790 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12791 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12795 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12799 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12801 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12802 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12805 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12810 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12812 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12813 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12815 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12819 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12820 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12821 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12823 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
12825 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12826 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12829 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12833 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12834 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12835 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12842 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12844 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12849 static enum print_stop_action
12850 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12852 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12853 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12855 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12857 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12859 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12860 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12862 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12863 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12864 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12867 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12869 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12871 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12872 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12874 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12875 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12876 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12878 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12879 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12881 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12885 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12887 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12892 case bp_breakpoint
:
12893 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12894 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12895 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12897 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12898 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12899 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12900 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12902 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12903 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12906 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12914 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12916 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12917 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12918 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12919 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12920 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12921 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12923 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12924 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12926 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12927 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12929 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12930 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12934 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12935 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12936 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12937 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12939 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12940 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12944 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12945 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12946 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12948 char *extra_string
,
12949 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12950 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12952 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12953 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12954 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12955 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12957 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
12958 cond_string
, extra_string
,
12960 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12961 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12962 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12966 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12967 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12969 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
12972 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12975 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12979 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12980 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12981 case bp_overlay_event
:
12982 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12983 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12984 case bp_exception_master
:
12985 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12988 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12989 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12990 case bp_shlib_event
:
12992 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12993 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12994 case bp_thread_event
:
13000 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13002 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13004 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13005 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13006 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13007 objects (among other things). */
13008 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13009 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13015 static enum print_stop_action
13016 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13018 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13019 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13021 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13025 case bp_shlib_event
:
13026 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13027 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13028 to shlib event" message.) */
13029 print_solib_event (0);
13032 case bp_thread_event
:
13033 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13034 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13035 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13038 case bp_overlay_event
:
13039 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13040 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13043 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13044 /* These should never be enabled. */
13045 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13048 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13049 /* These should never be enabled. */
13050 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13051 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13054 case bp_exception_master
:
13055 /* These should never be enabled. */
13056 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13057 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13061 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13065 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13067 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13070 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13073 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13075 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13076 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13077 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13078 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13082 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13084 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13087 static enum print_stop_action
13088 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13090 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13092 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13094 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13099 ui_out_field_string
13101 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13105 ui_out_field_string
13107 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13112 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13116 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13118 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13121 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13123 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13124 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13127 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13129 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13132 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13134 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13137 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13140 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13142 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13146 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13148 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13155 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13157 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13158 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13160 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13164 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13165 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13166 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13167 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13169 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13171 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13173 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13174 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13176 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13180 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13181 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13183 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13185 error (_("probe not found"));
13188 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13191 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13193 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13197 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13198 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13199 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13201 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13207 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13208 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13210 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13211 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13213 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13215 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13216 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13217 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13218 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13223 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13225 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13230 case bp_tracepoint
:
13231 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13232 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13234 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13235 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13236 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13238 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13239 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13240 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13243 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13244 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13251 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13253 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13255 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13256 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13257 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13258 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13259 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13260 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13262 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13263 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13265 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13266 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13268 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13269 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13273 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13274 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13275 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13276 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13278 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13279 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13283 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13284 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13285 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13287 char *extra_string
,
13288 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13289 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13291 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13292 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13293 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13294 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13296 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13297 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13299 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13300 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13301 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13305 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13306 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13308 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13311 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13313 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13317 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13318 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13319 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13320 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13322 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13323 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13324 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13328 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13329 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13331 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13332 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13335 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13337 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13341 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13342 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13343 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13344 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13346 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13348 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13350 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13352 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13353 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13354 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13358 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13359 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13360 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13362 char *extra_string
,
13363 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13364 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13366 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13367 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13368 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13369 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13373 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13374 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13375 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13376 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13377 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13378 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13380 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13382 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13383 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13384 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13387 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13388 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13390 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13391 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13393 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13394 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13396 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13397 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13398 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13399 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13400 canonical
->special_display
);
13401 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13402 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13403 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13404 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13405 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13406 corresponds to this one */
13407 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13409 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13411 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13416 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13417 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13419 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13421 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13422 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13424 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13428 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13431 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13434 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13436 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13439 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13443 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13445 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13447 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13449 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13450 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13453 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13454 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13455 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13456 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13457 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13460 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13461 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13462 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13463 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13465 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13468 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13469 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13470 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13472 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13473 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13475 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13476 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13477 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13478 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13482 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13484 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13485 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13486 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13487 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13488 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13491 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13492 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13493 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13494 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13496 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13498 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13499 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13501 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13502 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13504 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13508 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13510 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13511 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13512 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13513 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13514 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13515 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13516 commands won't work. */
13518 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13520 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13521 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13522 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13523 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13524 might be better design to have location completely
13525 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13526 update_global_location_list (0);
13528 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13529 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13530 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13531 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13536 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13538 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13542 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13544 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13547 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13548 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13551 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13552 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13556 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13561 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13563 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13564 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13566 if (next
== related
)
13568 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13569 function (related
, data
);
13571 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13572 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13577 function (related
, data
);
13581 while (related
!= b
);
13585 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13587 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13590 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13591 delete_breakpoint. */
13594 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13596 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13600 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13602 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13608 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13610 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13611 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13612 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13613 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13614 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13616 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13620 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13622 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13624 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13625 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13626 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13630 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13634 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13636 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13637 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13638 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13643 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13644 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13645 Null names are ignored. */
13648 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13650 struct bp_location
*l
;
13651 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13652 (int (*) (const void *,
13653 const void *)) streq
,
13654 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13656 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13659 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13661 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13665 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13667 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13671 htab_delete (htab
);
13677 htab_delete (htab
);
13681 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13682 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13683 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13684 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13685 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13686 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13687 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13688 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13691 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13692 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13693 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13694 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13695 in the sources, and output a warning.
13697 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13698 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13699 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13700 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13701 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13704 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13705 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13706 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13707 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13708 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13709 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13710 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13711 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13712 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13714 static struct symtab_and_line
13715 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13717 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13718 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13723 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13725 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13727 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13728 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13730 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13732 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13733 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13734 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13739 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13741 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13743 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13744 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13746 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13749 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13751 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13753 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13754 struct symbol
*sym
;
13755 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13756 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13758 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13760 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13761 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13763 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13764 "found at previous line number"),
13765 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13769 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13771 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13772 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13773 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13776 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13777 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13778 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13780 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13781 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13783 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13785 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13788 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13791 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13792 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13794 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13796 xfree (b
->loc
->source_file
);
13798 b
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13800 b
->loc
->source_file
= NULL
;
13802 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13803 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13804 sal2
.symtab
->filename
,
13805 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13807 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13810 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13816 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13817 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13820 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13824 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13827 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13830 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13837 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13843 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13844 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13845 a ranged breakpoint. */
13848 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13849 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13850 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13853 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13855 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13857 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13859 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13860 update_global_location_list (1);
13861 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13862 "multiple locations found\n"),
13867 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13868 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13869 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13870 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13871 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13872 individual locations. */
13873 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13878 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13880 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13882 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
13884 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
13886 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13888 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13891 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13893 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13894 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13896 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
13897 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
13902 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13903 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13904 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13905 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13909 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
13911 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
13913 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13917 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13918 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
13919 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
13921 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13924 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13925 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13926 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13927 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13928 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13929 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13930 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13932 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13934 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13936 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13937 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13939 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13940 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13948 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13949 if (l
->function_name
13950 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13960 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13961 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
13963 update_global_location_list (1);
13966 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
13967 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13969 static struct symtabs_and_lines
13970 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
13973 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
13974 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13976 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13979 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13981 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
13985 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13986 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13987 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13988 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13989 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13990 state, then user already saw the message about that
13991 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13993 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13994 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13995 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13996 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13997 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13998 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14000 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14002 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14003 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14004 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14005 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14006 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14007 which approach is better. */
14008 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14009 throw_exception (e
);
14013 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14017 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14018 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14019 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14021 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14024 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14025 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14028 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14029 b
->thread
= thread
;
14032 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14033 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14036 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14037 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14047 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14048 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14052 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14055 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14056 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14057 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14059 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14062 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14066 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14068 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14071 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14072 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14076 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14079 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14080 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14083 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14084 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14085 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14086 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14088 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14091 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14092 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14096 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14097 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14098 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14100 char *extra_string
,
14101 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14102 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14104 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14105 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14106 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14107 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14109 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14111 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14112 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14113 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14116 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14117 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14120 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14121 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14123 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14125 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14126 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14127 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14128 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14131 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14132 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14134 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14136 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14138 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14139 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14140 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14142 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14145 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14148 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14150 static struct cleanup
*
14151 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14153 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14155 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14156 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14157 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14158 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14159 set_language (b
->language
);
14164 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14165 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14166 Unused in this case. */
14169 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14171 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14172 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14173 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14175 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14176 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14177 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14181 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14183 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14185 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14186 enum language save_language
;
14187 int save_input_radix
;
14188 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14190 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14191 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14192 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14194 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14196 /* Format possible error msg. */
14197 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14199 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14200 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14201 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14203 set_language (save_language
);
14204 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14206 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14208 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14210 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14211 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14212 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14213 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14215 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
14219 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14221 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14222 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14224 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14226 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14228 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14229 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14231 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14232 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14233 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14235 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14239 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14240 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14241 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14244 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14246 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14251 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14252 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14254 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14256 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14257 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14262 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14266 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14267 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14269 else if (count
== 1)
14270 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14273 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14274 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14277 breakpoints_changed ();
14278 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14282 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14285 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14288 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14294 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14296 num
= get_number (&p
);
14298 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14300 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14302 set_ignore_count (num
,
14303 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14306 printf_filtered ("\n");
14309 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14310 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14313 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14318 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14320 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14323 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14325 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14327 while (!state
.finished
)
14329 char *p
= state
.string
;
14333 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14336 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14340 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14341 if (b
->number
== num
)
14344 function (b
, data
);
14348 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14353 static struct bp_location
*
14354 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14356 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14360 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14361 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14366 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14368 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14370 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14371 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14376 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14377 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14380 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14382 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14386 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14389 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14395 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14396 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14397 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14400 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14402 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14403 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14404 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14405 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14408 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14409 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14412 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14414 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14415 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14417 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14418 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14420 struct bp_location
*location
;
14422 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14423 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14426 update_global_location_list (0);
14428 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14431 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14434 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14436 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14439 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14440 disable_breakpoint. */
14443 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14445 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14449 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14453 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14455 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14456 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14457 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14459 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14461 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14467 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14469 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14470 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14471 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14472 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14474 update_global_location_list (0);
14477 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14481 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14484 int target_resources_ok
;
14486 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14489 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14490 target_resources_ok
=
14491 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14493 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14494 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14495 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14496 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14499 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14501 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14502 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14503 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14505 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14507 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14509 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14510 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14511 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14515 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14516 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14522 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14523 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14525 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14527 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14528 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14530 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14531 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14533 struct bp_location
*location
;
14535 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14536 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14539 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14540 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14541 update_global_location_list (1);
14542 breakpoints_changed ();
14544 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14549 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14551 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14555 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14557 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14560 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14561 enable_breakpoint. */
14564 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14566 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14569 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14570 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14571 in stopping the inferior. */
14574 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14578 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14580 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14581 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14582 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14584 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14586 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14592 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14594 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14595 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14596 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14597 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14599 update_global_location_list (1);
14602 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14605 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14615 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14617 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14619 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14623 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14625 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14627 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14631 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14633 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14637 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14639 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14641 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14645 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14647 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14649 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14653 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14655 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14657 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14661 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14663 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14667 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14672 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14676 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14677 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14681 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
14682 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14684 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14686 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14687 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14688 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14690 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14692 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14694 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14696 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14697 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14698 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14699 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14701 value_free (wp
->val
);
14709 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14710 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14711 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14712 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14716 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14717 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14719 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14721 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14723 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14724 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14726 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14728 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14736 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14737 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14740 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14742 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14745 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14751 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14754 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14755 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14757 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14760 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14761 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14766 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14768 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14769 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14773 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14774 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14775 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14778 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14779 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14780 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14781 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14782 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14783 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14785 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14786 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14787 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14788 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14791 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14792 were inserted or not. */
14795 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14797 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14798 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14801 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14804 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14806 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14808 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14810 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14811 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14812 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14813 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14815 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14817 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14818 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14819 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14820 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14824 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14825 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14826 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14830 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14834 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14835 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14837 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14838 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14839 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14843 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14847 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14851 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14852 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14853 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14854 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14857 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14861 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14866 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14868 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
14870 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
14871 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
14879 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14880 non-zero otherwise. */
14882 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
14884 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
14885 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
14886 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
14893 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14895 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
14896 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14898 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
14902 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
14904 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14906 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14907 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
14909 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
14911 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
14915 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
14917 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
14927 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14928 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
14929 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
14930 char *text
, char *word
)
14932 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
14933 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
14934 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
14940 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14942 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14944 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14946 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14947 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14951 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14953 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14954 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
14956 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
14957 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14959 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14961 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14963 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14965 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14966 0 /* Ignore count */,
14967 pending_break_support
,
14971 0 /* internal */, 0))
14972 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
14976 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14978 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14980 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14982 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14983 0 /* Ignore count */,
14984 pending_break_support
,
14985 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14988 0 /* internal */, 0))
14989 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
14992 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14995 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14997 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14999 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15000 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15001 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15002 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15004 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15006 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15008 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15010 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15011 0 /* Ignore count */,
15012 pending_break_support
,
15016 0 /* internal */, 0))
15017 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
15020 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15021 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15023 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15024 static int next_cmd
;
15027 read_uploaded_action (void)
15031 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15038 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15039 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15040 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15041 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15042 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15044 struct tracepoint
*
15045 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15047 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15048 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15050 if (utp
->at_string
)
15051 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15054 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15055 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15056 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15058 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15059 "source location, using raw address"),
15061 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15062 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15065 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15066 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15067 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15068 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15071 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15073 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15074 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15076 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15077 0 /* Ignore count */,
15078 pending_break_support
,
15079 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15081 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15083 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15086 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
15088 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15089 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15090 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15094 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->base
.number
);
15096 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15099 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15100 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15101 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15103 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15105 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15110 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15112 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15114 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15115 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15116 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15117 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15120 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15121 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15122 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15127 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15131 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15133 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15136 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15138 if (num_printed
== 0)
15140 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15141 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15143 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15146 default_collect_info ();
15149 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15150 Not supported by all targets. */
15152 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15154 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15157 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15158 Not supported by all targets. */
15160 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15162 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15165 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15167 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15169 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15175 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15177 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15178 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15179 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15181 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15182 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15184 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15188 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15190 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15192 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15193 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15194 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15198 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15201 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15204 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15206 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15207 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp
->base
.number
);
15209 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15210 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15213 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15215 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15216 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15217 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15220 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15222 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15223 unsigned int count
;
15225 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15226 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15227 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15229 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15231 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
15234 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15236 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15238 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15240 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15242 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15244 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15245 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15248 else if (*args
== '\0')
15250 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15252 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15256 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15258 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15259 while (!state
.finished
)
15261 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15263 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15268 struct tracepoint
*
15269 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15271 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15273 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15274 if (t
->number
== num
)
15275 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15280 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15281 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15284 struct tracepoint
*
15285 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15287 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15289 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15291 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15293 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15300 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15301 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15302 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15303 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15304 struct tracepoint
*
15305 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15306 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15309 extern int tracepoint_count
;
15310 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15312 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15316 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15317 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15319 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15322 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15324 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15327 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15331 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15332 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15335 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15336 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15340 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15341 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15343 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15346 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15351 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15353 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15354 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15357 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15359 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15362 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15363 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15364 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15368 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15369 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15371 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15374 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15375 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15376 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15378 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15379 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15381 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15382 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15384 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15385 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15388 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15389 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15394 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15396 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15398 /* We can stop searching. */
15405 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15409 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15410 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15411 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15413 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15414 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15415 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15417 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15418 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15422 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15423 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15426 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15427 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15430 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15432 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15433 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15436 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15437 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15439 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15440 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15444 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15446 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15448 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15449 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15451 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15453 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15456 throw_exception (ex
);
15458 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15461 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15462 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15464 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15465 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15466 special, and not user visible. */
15467 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15469 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15472 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15474 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15478 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15479 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15481 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15483 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15486 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15489 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15491 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15494 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15497 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15499 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15502 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15504 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15505 all_tracepoints (void)
15507 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15508 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15510 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15512 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15519 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15520 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15521 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15523 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15524 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15525 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15526 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15527 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15528 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15529 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15530 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15531 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15532 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15533 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15535 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15536 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15538 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15539 conditions are different.\n\
15541 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15543 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15544 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15546 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15547 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15550 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15551 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15552 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15553 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15554 void *user_data_catch
,
15555 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15557 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15559 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15561 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15562 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15563 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15565 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15567 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15568 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15569 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15573 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15575 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15576 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15578 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15579 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15580 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15584 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15586 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15587 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15588 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15591 struct breakpoint
*
15592 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15595 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15597 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15599 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15606 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15607 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15610 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15612 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15613 non-inline function. */
15614 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15620 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15621 have been inlined. */
15624 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15625 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15627 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15628 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15630 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15632 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15635 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15637 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15638 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15647 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15649 static int initialized
= 0;
15651 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15657 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15658 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15659 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15660 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15661 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15662 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15663 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15664 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15665 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15666 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15667 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15668 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15670 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15671 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15672 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15673 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15674 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15675 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15676 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15677 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15679 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15680 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15681 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15682 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15683 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15684 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15685 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15686 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15687 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15688 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15690 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15691 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15692 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15693 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15694 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15695 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15696 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15698 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15699 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15700 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15701 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15702 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15703 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15704 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15706 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15707 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15708 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15709 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15711 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15712 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15713 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15714 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15715 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15716 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15717 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15719 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15720 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
15721 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15722 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
15723 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
15724 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
15725 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
15728 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15729 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15730 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15731 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15732 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15733 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15734 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15735 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15736 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15737 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15738 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15739 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15740 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15742 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15743 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15744 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15745 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15746 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15747 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15748 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15749 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15750 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15751 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15752 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15755 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15756 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15757 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15758 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15759 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15760 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15761 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15762 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15763 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15764 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15766 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15767 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15768 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15769 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15770 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15772 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15773 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15774 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15775 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15776 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15777 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15779 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15780 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15781 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15782 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15783 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15784 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15785 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15786 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15787 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15788 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15790 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15791 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15792 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15793 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15794 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15795 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15796 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15797 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15798 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15799 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15801 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15802 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15803 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15804 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15805 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15806 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15807 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15808 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15809 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15810 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15811 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15813 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15814 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15815 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15816 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15817 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15818 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15819 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15820 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15821 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15822 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15823 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15825 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15826 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15827 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15828 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15829 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15830 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15831 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15832 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15833 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15834 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15835 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15836 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15838 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15839 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15840 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15841 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15842 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15843 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15844 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15848 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15850 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15852 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15854 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15855 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
15856 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15858 breakpoint_objfile_key
15859 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15861 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15862 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
15864 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15865 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15866 before a breakpoint is set. */
15867 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15869 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15871 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15872 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15873 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15875 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15877 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15878 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15879 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15880 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15881 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15882 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15883 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15884 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15886 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15887 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15888 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15889 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15890 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15892 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15893 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15894 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15895 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15896 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15898 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15899 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15901 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15902 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15903 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15904 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15906 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15907 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15909 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15910 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15911 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15912 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15914 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15915 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15917 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15918 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15919 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15920 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15921 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15922 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15923 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15925 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15926 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15927 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15928 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15929 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15930 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15932 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15934 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15935 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15936 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15937 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15938 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15939 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15941 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15942 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15943 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15946 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15947 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15948 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15951 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15952 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15953 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15954 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15957 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15958 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15959 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15962 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15963 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15964 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15967 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15968 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15969 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15970 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15973 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15974 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15975 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15976 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15977 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15978 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15979 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15980 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15982 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15983 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15984 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15985 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15986 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
15988 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15989 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15990 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15991 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15992 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15993 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15996 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15997 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15998 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15999 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16001 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16002 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16003 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16004 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16005 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16007 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16008 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16009 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16010 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16012 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16013 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16014 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16015 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16016 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16019 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16020 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16021 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16022 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16023 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16024 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16026 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16027 is executing in.\n\
16029 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16030 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16032 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16033 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16034 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16035 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16037 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16038 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16039 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16040 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16043 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16047 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16048 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16049 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16050 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16051 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16052 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16053 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16054 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16055 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16056 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16057 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16058 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16059 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16060 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16061 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16062 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16064 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16065 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16066 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16067 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16068 breakpoint set."));
16071 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16072 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16073 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16074 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16075 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16076 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16077 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16078 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16079 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16081 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16082 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16083 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16084 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16085 breakpoint set."));
16087 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16090 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16091 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16092 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16093 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16094 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16095 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16096 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16097 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16098 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16100 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16101 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16102 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16103 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16104 breakpoint set."));
16106 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16107 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16108 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16109 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16110 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16111 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16112 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16113 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16114 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16115 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16116 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16117 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16118 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16120 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16121 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16122 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16123 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16125 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16127 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16128 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16129 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16130 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16132 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16133 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16134 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16135 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16137 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16138 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16139 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16140 catch_catch_command
,
16144 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16145 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16146 catch_throw_command
,
16150 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16151 catch_fork_command_1
,
16153 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16154 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16155 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16156 catch_fork_command_1
,
16158 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16159 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16160 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16161 catch_exec_command_1
,
16165 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16166 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16167 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16168 catch_load_command_1
,
16172 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16173 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16174 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16175 catch_unload_command_1
,
16179 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16180 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16181 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16182 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16183 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16184 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16185 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16186 catch_syscall_completer
,
16190 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16191 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16192 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16193 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16194 an expression changes.\n\
16195 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16196 the memory to which it refers."));
16197 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16199 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16200 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16201 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16202 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16203 an expression is read.\n\
16204 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16205 the memory to which it refers."));
16206 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16208 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16209 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16210 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16211 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16212 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16213 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16214 the memory to which it refers."));
16215 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16217 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16218 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16220 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16221 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16222 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16223 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16224 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16225 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16226 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16227 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16228 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16231 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16232 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16234 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16236 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16238 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16239 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16241 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16242 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16243 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16245 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16246 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16247 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16248 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16250 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16251 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16253 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16254 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16255 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16257 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16258 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16260 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16261 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16262 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16263 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16264 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16265 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16266 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16267 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16268 the selected stack frame.\n\
16269 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16270 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16271 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16272 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16274 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16276 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16277 conditions are different.\n\
16279 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16280 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16281 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16283 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16284 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16285 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16286 last tracepoint set."));
16288 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16290 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16291 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16292 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16293 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16296 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16297 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16298 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16299 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16301 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16303 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16304 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16305 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16306 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16308 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16310 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16311 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16312 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16313 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16314 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16316 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16317 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16318 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16319 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16321 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16322 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16323 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16324 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16325 session to restore them."),
16327 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16329 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16330 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16331 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16333 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16335 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16336 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16338 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16339 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16340 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16341 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16342 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16343 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16344 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16345 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16346 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16347 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16348 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16349 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16351 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16352 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16353 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16354 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16355 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16356 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16357 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16358 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16360 show_pending_break_support
,
16361 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16362 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16364 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16366 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16367 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16368 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16369 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16370 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16371 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16372 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16374 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16375 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16376 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16378 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16379 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16380 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16381 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16382 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16383 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16384 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16385 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16386 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16387 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16388 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16389 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16391 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16392 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16393 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16395 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16396 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16397 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16398 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16399 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16400 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16401 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16402 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16403 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16404 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16405 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16406 be set to \"gdb\""),
16407 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16408 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16409 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16410 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16412 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16413 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16414 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16415 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16416 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16417 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16418 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16419 or the start of the range\n\
16420 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16421 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16422 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16424 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16425 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16426 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16428 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16429 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16430 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16431 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16432 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16433 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16435 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16437 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16438 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16439 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16440 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16441 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16442 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16443 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16444 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16445 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16446 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16447 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16448 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16450 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16451 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16452 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16453 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16454 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16455 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16456 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16458 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16459 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16460 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16461 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16462 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16463 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16464 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16466 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16467 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16468 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16469 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16470 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16471 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16474 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16476 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16477 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16478 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16480 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16482 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);